blob: 5aba62ac259cf5870f9719765a260b9df8b46f28 [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreaub03d2982009-07-29 22:38:32 +02007 2009/07/27
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
505. Server options
51
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
105to one and only one response. Traditionnally, a TCP connection is established
106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
159 number
160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
205
206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
257 number
258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
262
2631.3.1. The Response line
264------------------------
265
266Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
267
268 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
269 - a status code : 200
270 - a reason : OK
271
272The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
273 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
274 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
275 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
276 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
277
278Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
279"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
280found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
281messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
282or "Authentication Required".
283
284Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
285
286 Code When / reason
287 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
288 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
289 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
290 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
291 400 for an invalid or too large request
292 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
293 accessing the stats page)
294 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
295 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
296 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
297 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
298 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
299 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
300 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
301 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
302 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
303
304The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3054.2).
306
307
3081.3.2. The response headers
309---------------------------
310
311Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
312the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
313details.
314
315
3162. Configuring HAProxy
317----------------------
318
3192.1. Configuration file format
320------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200321
322HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
323
324 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
325 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
326 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
327 "frontend" and "backend".
328
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100329The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
330referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
331delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
332preceeded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
333escaped by doubling them.
334
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200335
3362.2. Time format
337----------------
338
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100339Some parameters involve values representating time, such as timeouts. These
340values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
341otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
342numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
343for every keyword. Supported units are :
344
345 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
346 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
347 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
348 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
349 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
350 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
351
352
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003533. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200354--------------------
355
356Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
357are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
358of them have command-line equivalents.
359
360The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
361
362 * Process management and security
363 - chroot
364 - daemon
365 - gid
366 - group
367 - log
368 - nbproc
369 - pidfile
370 - uid
371 - ulimit-n
372 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200373 - stats
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200374
375 * Performance tuning
376 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100377 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200378 - noepoll
379 - nokqueue
380 - nopoll
381 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100382 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200383 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100384 - tune.maxaccept
385 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200386
387 * Debugging
388 - debug
389 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200390
391
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003923.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200393------------------------------------
394
395chroot <jail dir>
396 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
397 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
398 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
399 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
400 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
401 empty and unwritable to anyone.
402
403daemon
404 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
405 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
406 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
407
408gid <number>
409 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
410 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
411 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
412 See also "group" and "uid".
413
414group <group name>
415 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
416 See also "gid" and "user".
417
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200418log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200419 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
420 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100421 configured with "log global".
422
423 <address> can be one of:
424
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100425 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100426 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
427 port).
428
429 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
430 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
431 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
432 writeable).
433
434 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200435
436 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
437 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
438 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
439
440 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200441 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
442 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
443 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
444 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
445 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
446 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200447
448 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
449
450nbproc <number>
451 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
452 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
453 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
454 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
455 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
456
457pidfile <pidfile>
458 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
459 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
460 starting the process. See also "daemon".
461
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200462stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
463 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
464 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
465 will get a CSV-formated output of the process statistics in response to the
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100466 "show stat" command followed by a line feed, more general process information
467 in response to the "show info" command followed by a line feed, and a
468 complete list of all existing sessions in response to the "show sess" command
469 followed by a line feed.
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100470
471 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
472 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
473 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
474 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
475 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
476 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
477 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200478
479stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
480 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
481 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100482 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200483
484stats maxconn <connections>
485 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
486 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
487
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200488uid <number>
489 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
490 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
491 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
492 one. See also "gid" and "user".
493
494ulimit-n <number>
495 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
496 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
497 option.
498
499user <user name>
500 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
501 See also "uid" and "group".
502
503
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005043.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200505-----------------------
506
507maxconn <number>
508 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
509 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
510 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
511 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
512
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100513maxpipes <number>
514 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
515 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
516 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
517 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
518 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
519 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
520
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200521noepoll
522 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
523 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
524 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
525
526nokqueue
527 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
528 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
529 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
530
531nopoll
532 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
533 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100534 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200535 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
536 "nokqueue".
537
538nosepoll
539 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
540 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
541 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
542
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100543nosplice
544 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
545 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
546 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
547 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most verstions between
548 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
549 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
550 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
551 "option splice-response".
552
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200553spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
554 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
555 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
556 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
557 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
558 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
559
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100560tune.maxaccept <number>
561 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
562 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
563 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100564 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100565 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
566 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100567 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100568 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
569
570tune.maxpollevents <number>
571 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
572 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
573 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
574 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
575 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
576
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200577
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005783.3. Debugging
579--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200580
581debug
582 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
583 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
584 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
585 system startup.
586
587quiet
588 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
589 line argument "-q".
590
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200591
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005924. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200593----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100594
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200595Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
596 - defaults <name>
597 - frontend <name>
598 - backend <name>
599 - listen <name>
600
601A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
602its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
603section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100604section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200605
606A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
607connections.
608
609A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
610to forward incoming connections.
611
612A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
613parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
614
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100615All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
616'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
617case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
618
619Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
620logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
621proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
622However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
623name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
624
625Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
626and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
627bidirectionnal traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
628protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
629modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
630arbitrary criteria.
631
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100632
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006334.1. Proxy keywords matrix
634--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100635
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200636The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
637limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
638they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
639limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200640listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200641option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200642and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed
643with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been
644specified in a previous "defaults" section.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100645
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200646
647keyword defaults frontend listen backend
648----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
649acl - X X X
650appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100651backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100652balance X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200653bind - X X -
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100654bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200655block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100656capture cookie - X X -
657capture request header - X X -
658capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100659clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100660contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200661cookie X - X X
662default_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100663disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200664dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100665enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200666errorfile X X X X
667errorloc X X X X
668errorloc302 X X X X
669errorloc303 X X X X
670fullconn X - X X
671grace - X X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100672http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200673log X X X X
674maxconn X X X -
675mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100676monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200677monitor-net X X X -
678monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100679[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200680[no] option accept-invalid-
681 http-request X X X -
682[no] option accept-invalid-
683 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100684[no] option allbackups X - X X
685[no] option checkcache X - X X
686[no] option clitcpka X X X -
687[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200688[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100689[no] option dontlognull X X X -
690[no] option forceclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200691option forwardfor X X X X
692option httpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100693[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200694option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200695[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200696[no] option log-separate-
697 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100698[no] option logasap X X X -
699[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200700option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100701[no] option persist X - X X
702[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200703option smtpchk X - X X
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100704[no] option splice-auto X X X X
705[no] option splice-request X X X X
706[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100707[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200708option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200709[no] option tcp-smart-
710 accept X X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200711option tcpka X X X X
712option tcplog X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100713[no] option tcpsplice X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100714[no] option transparent X - X X
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200715persist rdp-cookie X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100716rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200717redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100718redisp X - X X (deprecated)
719redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200720reqadd - X X X
721reqallow - X X X
722reqdel - X X X
723reqdeny - X X X
724reqiallow - X X X
725reqidel - X X X
726reqideny - X X X
727reqipass - X X X
728reqirep - X X X
729reqisetbe - X X X
730reqitarpit - X X X
731reqpass - X X X
732reqrep - X X X
733reqsetbe - X X X
734reqtarpit - X X X
735retries X - X X
736rspadd - X X X
737rspdel - X X X
738rspdeny - X X X
739rspidel - X X X
740rspideny - X X X
741rspirep - X X X
742rsprep - X X X
743server - - X X
744source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100745srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200746stats auth X - X X
747stats enable X - X X
748stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200749stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200750stats scope X - X X
751stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200752stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200753tcp-request content accept - X X -
754tcp-request content reject - X X -
755tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100756timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100757timeout client X X X -
758timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
759timeout connect X - X X
760timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200761timeout http-request X X X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100762timeout queue X - X X
763timeout server X - X X
764timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100765timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100766transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200767use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200768----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
769keyword defaults frontend listen backend
770
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100771
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007724.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
773---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100774
775This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
776
777
778acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
779 Declare or complete an access list.
780 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
781 no | yes | yes | yes
782 Example:
783 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
784 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
785 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
786
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200787 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100788
789
790appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime>
791 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
792 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
793 no | no | yes | yes
794 Arguments :
795 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
796 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
797
798 <length> this is the number of characters that will be memorized and
799 checked in each cookie value.
800
801 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
802 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
803 milliseconds.
804
805 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
806 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
807 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
808 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
809 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter in the query
810 string. If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the server
811 associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
812 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
813 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
814
815 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
816
817 Example :
818 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
819
820 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie" and "balance".
821
822
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100823backlog <conns>
824 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
825 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
826 yes | yes | yes | no
827 Arguments :
828 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
829 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
830 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
831
832 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
833 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
834 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
835 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
836 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
837 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
838 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
839 backlog parameter.
840
841 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
842 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
843 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
844
845 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
846
847
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100848balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200849balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100850 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
851 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
852 yes | no | yes | yes
853 Arguments :
854 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
855 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
856 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
857 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
858
859 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
860 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
861 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
862 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
863 on the fly for slow starts for instance.
864
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100865 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
866 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
867 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
868 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
869 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
870 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
871 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
872 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
873
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100874 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
875 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
876 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
877 address will always reach the same server as long as no
878 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
879 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
880 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
881 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
882 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickyness
883 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
884 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
885 fly will have no effect.
886
887 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
888 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
889 result designates which server will receive the request. This
890 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
891 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
892 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
893 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
894 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static, which means
895 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
896 effect.
897
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200898 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
899 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
900 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
901 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
902 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
903 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
904 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
905 URIs start with a leading "/".
906
907 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
908 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
909 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
910 evaluation stops when either is reached.
911
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100912 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200913 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
914
915 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
916 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
917 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
918 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
919 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
920 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
921 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
922 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
923 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
924 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
925 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
926 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
927 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
928 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
929 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
930 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
931 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
932 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
933 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
934 be randomly balanced if at all.
935
936 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
937 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
938 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
939 server will receive the request.
940
941 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
942 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
943 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
944 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
945 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
946 backend. This algorithm is static, which means that changing a
947 server's weight on the fly will have no effect.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100948
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100949 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
950 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
951 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
952 absent or if it does not contain any value, the round-robin
953 algorithm is applied instead.
954
955 An optionnal 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
956 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
957 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
958 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
959
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +0200960 rdp-cookie
961 rdp-cookie(name)
962 The RDP cookie <name> (or "mstshash" if omitted) will be
963 looked up and hashed for each incoming TCP request. Just as
964 with the equivalent ACL 'req_rdp_cookie()' function, the name
965 is not case-sensitive. This mechanism is useful as a degraded
966 persistence mode, as it makes it possible to always send the
967 same user (or the same session ID) to the same server. If the
968 cookie is not found, the normal round-robind algorithm is
969 used instead.
970
971 Note that for this to work, the frontend must ensure that an
972 RDP cookie is already present in the request buffer. For this
973 you must use 'tcp-request content accept' rule combined with
974 a 'req_rdp_cookie_cnt' ACL.
975
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100976 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200977 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
978 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200979
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200980 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200981 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100982
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +0100983 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
984 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
985 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100986
987 Examples :
988 balance roundrobin
989 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200990 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100991 balance hdr(User-Agent)
992 balance hdr(host)
993 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200994
995 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
996 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
997
998 - all POST requests are eligable for consideration, because there is no way
999 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
1000 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
1001 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
1002 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
1003
1004 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
1005 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
1006 defaults to 16 kB.
1007
1008 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
1009 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
1010
1011 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
1012 Round Robin.
1013
1014 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
1015 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
1016 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
1017 actually appeared in the first chunk).
1018
1019 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
1020
1021 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
1022 contents of a message body. Scaning normally terminates when linear
1023 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1024 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1025 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001026
1027 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent" and "http_proxy".
1028
1029
1030bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001031bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001032bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001033bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001034 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1035 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1036 no | yes | yes | no
1037 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001038 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1039 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1040 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1041 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1042 special address "0.0.0.0".
1043
1044 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1045 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1046 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001047
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001048 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1049 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1050 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1051 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1052 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1053 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1054 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1055 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1056 privileges.
1057
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001058 <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be
1059 advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force
1060 a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for
1061 connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a
1062 kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but
1063 was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not
1064 work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised
1065 value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP).
1066
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001067 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1068 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1069 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
1070 targetting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
1071 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1072 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1073 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1074 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1075 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001076
1077 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1078 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1079 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1080 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1081 in a frontend.
1082
1083 Example :
1084 listen http_proxy
1085 bind :80,:443
1086 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1087
1088 See also : "source".
1089
1090
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001091bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1092 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1093 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1094 yes | yes | yes | yes
1095 Arguments :
1096 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1097 may be used to override a default value.
1098
1099 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1100 option may be combined with other numbers.
1101
1102 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1103 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1104 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1105 missing from all processes.
1106
1107 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1108 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1109 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1110 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1111
1112 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1113 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1114 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1115 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1116 and 'even' instances.
1117
1118 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1119 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1120 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1121 32.
1122
1123 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1124 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1125
1126 Example :
1127 listen app_ip1
1128 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1129 bind_process odd
1130
1131 listen app_ip2
1132 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1133 bind_process even
1134
1135 listen management
1136 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1137 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1138
1139 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1140
1141
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001142block { if | unless } <condition>
1143 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1144 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1145 no | yes | yes | yes
1146
1147 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1148 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001149 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001150 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1151 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1152 "block" statements per instance.
1153
1154 Example:
1155 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1156 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1157 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1158 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1159
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001160 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001161
1162
1163capture cookie <name> len <length>
1164 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1165 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1166 no | yes | yes | no
1167 Arguments :
1168 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1169 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1170 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1171 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1172 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1173
1174 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1175 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1176 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1177 right if it exceeds <length>.
1178
1179 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1180 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1181 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1182 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1183
1184 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1185 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1186 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1187
1188 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1189 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1190 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1191 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
1192 configured in the souces by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
1193 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1194
1195 Example:
1196 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1197
1198 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001199 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001200
1201
1202capture request header <name> len <length>
1203 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1204 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1205 no | yes | yes | no
1206 Arguments :
1207 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001208 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001209 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1210 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1211 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1212
1213 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1214 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1215 it exceeds <length>.
1216
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001217 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001218 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1219 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001220 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1221 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1222 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1223 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
1224 differenciate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
1225 environments to find where the request came from.
1226
1227 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1228 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1229 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1230 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001231
1232 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1233 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1234 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1235 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1236
1237 Example:
1238 capture request header Host len 15
1239 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1240 capture request header Referrer len 15
1241
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001242 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001243 about logging.
1244
1245
1246capture response header <name> len <length>
1247 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1248 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1249 no | yes | yes | no
1250 Arguments :
1251 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001252 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001253 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1254 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1255 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1256
1257 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1258 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1259 it exceeds <length>.
1260
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001261 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001262 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1263 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1264 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001265 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1266 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1267 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1268 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001269
1270 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1271 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1272 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1273 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1274
1275 Example:
1276 capture response header Content-length len 9
1277 capture response header Location len 15
1278
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001279 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001280 about logging.
1281
1282
1283clitimeout <timeout>
1284 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1285 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1286 yes | yes | yes | no
1287 Arguments :
1288 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1289 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1290 as explained at the top of this document.
1291
1292 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1293 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1294 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1295 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1296 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1297 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1298 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1299 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001300 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001301 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1302 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1303
1304 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1305 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1306 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1307 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1308 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1309 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1310
1311 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1312 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1313
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001314 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1315 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001316
1317
1318contimeout <timeout>
1319 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1320 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1321 yes | no | yes | yes
1322 Arguments :
1323 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1324 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1325 as explained at the top of this document.
1326
1327 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001328 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001329 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
1330 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1331 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1332 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1333 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1334
1335 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1336 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1337 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1338 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1339 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1340 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1341
1342 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1343 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1344 instead.
1345
1346 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1347 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1348
1349
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001350cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
1351 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001352 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1353 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1354 yes | no | yes | yes
1355 Arguments :
1356 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1357 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1358 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1359 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1360 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1361 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1362 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1363 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1364 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1365
1366 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1367 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1368 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1369 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1370 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1371 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1372 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1373 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1374 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1375 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1376 "insert" and "prefix".
1377
1378 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1379 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1380 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1381 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1382 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1383 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1384 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1385 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1386 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1387
1388 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1389 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1390 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1391 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1392 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1393 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1394 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1395 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1396 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1397 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1398 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1399
1400 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1401 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1402 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1403 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1404 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1405 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1406 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1407 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1408 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1409 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1410
1411 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1412 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1413 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1414 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1415 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1416 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1417 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1418 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1419 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1420
1421 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1422 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1423 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1424 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1425 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1426 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1427 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1428 persistence cookie in the cache.
1429 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1430
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001431 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
1432 inserted. It requires exactly one paramater: a valid domain
1433 name.
1434
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001435 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1436 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1437 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1438 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001439
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001440 Examples :
1441 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1442 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1443 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1444
1445 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1446
1447
1448default_backend <backend>
1449 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1450 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1451 yes | yes | yes | no
1452 Arguments :
1453 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1454
1455 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1456 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1457 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1458 will catch all undetermined requests.
1459
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001460 Example :
1461
1462 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1463 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1464 default_backend dynamic
1465
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001466 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1467
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001468
1469disabled
1470 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1471 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1472 yes | yes | yes | yes
1473 Arguments : none
1474
1475 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1476 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1477 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1478 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1479 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1480 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1481 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1482
1483 See also : "enabled"
1484
1485
1486enabled
1487 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1488 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1489 yes | yes | yes | yes
1490 Arguments : none
1491
1492 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1493 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1494
1495 See also : "disabled"
1496
1497
1498errorfile <code> <file>
1499 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1500 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1501 yes | yes | yes | yes
1502 Arguments :
1503 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1504 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1505
1506 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001507 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001508 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001509 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1510 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001511
1512 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1513 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1514 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1515
1516 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1517 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1518 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1519 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1520
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001521 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1522 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1523 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1524 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1525 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1526 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1527
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001528 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1529 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1530 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001531 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001532 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1533
1534 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1535
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001536 Example :
1537 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1538 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1539 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1540
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001541
1542errorloc <code> <url>
1543errorloc302 <code> <url>
1544 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1545 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1546 yes | yes | yes | yes
1547 Arguments :
1548 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1549 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1550
1551 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1552 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1553 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1554 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1555 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1556
1557 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1558 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1559 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1560
1561 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1562 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1563 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1564 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1565 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1566 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1567 request.
1568
1569 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1570
1571
1572errorloc303 <code> <url>
1573 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1574 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1575 yes | yes | yes | yes
1576 Arguments :
1577 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1578 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1579
1580 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1581 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1582 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1583 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1584 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1585
1586 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1587 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1588 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1589
1590 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1591 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1592 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1593 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001594 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001595
1596 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1597
1598
1599fullconn <conns>
1600 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1601 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1602 yes | no | yes | yes
1603 Arguments :
1604 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1605 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1606
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001607 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001608 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001609 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001610 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1611 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1612 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1613 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1614 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
1615 exceptionnal loads.
1616
1617 Example :
1618 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1619 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1620 # connections.
1621 backend dynamic
1622 fullconn 10000
1623 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1624 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1625
1626 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1627
1628
1629grace <time>
1630 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1631 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1632 no | yes | yes | yes
1633 Arguments :
1634 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1635 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1636 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1637
1638 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1639 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
1640 external equipement fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
1641 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1642
1643 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1644 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1645 simplify it.
1646
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001647
1648http-check disable-on-404
1649 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1650 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001651 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001652 Arguments : none
1653
1654 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1655 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1656 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1657 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1658 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1659 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1660 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1661 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1662 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1663
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001664 See also : "option httpchk"
1665
1666
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001667id <value>
1668 Set a persistent value for proxy ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as
1669 smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids.
1670
1671
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001672log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001673log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001674 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1675 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1676 yes | yes | yes | yes
1677 Arguments :
1678 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
1679 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
1680 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
1681 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
1682 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
1683 parameter.
1684
1685 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
1686 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
1687
1688 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
1689 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
1690 standard syslog port).
1691
1692 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
1693 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
1694 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
1695 appropriately writeable).
1696
1697 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
1698
1699 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
1700 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
1701 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
1702
1703 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
1704 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
1705 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001706 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
1707 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
1708 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
1709 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
1710 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001711
1712 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
1713
1714 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
1715 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
1716 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
1717
1718 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001719 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
1720 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
1721 "info".
1722
1723 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
1724 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
1725 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
1726 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
1727
1728 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
1729 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001730
1731 Example :
1732 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001733 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
1734 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001735
1736
1737maxconn <conns>
1738 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
1739 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1740 yes | yes | yes | no
1741 Arguments :
1742 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
1743 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
1744 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
1745 closes.
1746
1747 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
1748 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
1749 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
1750 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
1751 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
1752 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
1753 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
1754 properly tuned.
1755
1756 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
1757 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
1758 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
1759
1760 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
1761
1762
1763mode { tcp|http|health }
1764 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
1765 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1766 yes | yes | yes | yes
1767 Arguments :
1768 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
1769 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
1770 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
1771 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
1772
1773 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
1774 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
1775 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
1776 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
1777 brings HAProxy most of its value.
1778
1779 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
1780 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
1781 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
1782 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
1783 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
1784 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
1785
1786 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
1787 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
1788 will be refused.
1789
1790 Example :
1791 defaults http_instances
1792 mode http
1793
1794 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
1795
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001796
1797monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001798 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001799 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1800 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001801 Arguments :
1802 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
1803 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
1804 combinated test which must induce a failure if all conditions
1805 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
1806 backend and its backup.
1807
1808 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
1809 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
1810 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
1811 servers in a list of backends.
1812
1813 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
1814 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
1815 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
1816 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
1817 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
1818 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
1819 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001820 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001821
1822 Example:
1823 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001824 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001825 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
1826 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
1827 monitor-uri /site_alive
1828 monitor fail if site_dead
1829
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001830 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
1831
1832
1833monitor-net <source>
1834 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
1835 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1836 yes | yes | yes | no
1837 Arguments :
1838 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
1839 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
1840 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
1841 followed by a mask.
1842
1843 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
1844 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
1845 equipement to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
1846 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
1847
1848 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
1849 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
1850 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
1851 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
1852 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
1853
1854 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
1855 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
1856 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
1857 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
1858 requests caught by "monitor-net".
1859
1860 Example :
1861 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
1862 frontend www
1863 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
1864
1865 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
1866
1867
1868monitor-uri <uri>
1869 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
1870 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1871 yes | yes | yes | no
1872 Arguments :
1873 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
1874 health status instead of forwarding the request.
1875
1876 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
1877 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
1878 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
1879 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
1880 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
1881 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
1882 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
1883 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
1884
1885 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
1886 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
1887 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
1888 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
1889 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
1890 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
1891
1892 Example :
1893 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
1894 frontend www
1895 mode http
1896 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
1897
1898 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
1899
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001900
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001901option abortonclose
1902no option abortonclose
1903 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
1904 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1905 yes | no | yes | yes
1906 Arguments : none
1907
1908 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
1909 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
1910 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
1911 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001912 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001913 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
1914 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
1915 encountered while delivering the response.
1916
1917 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
1918 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
1919 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
1920 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
1921 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
1922 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
1923 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
1924 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001925 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001926 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
1927 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
1928 still not served and not pollute the servers.
1929
1930 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
1931 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
1932 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
1933 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
1934 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
1935 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
1936 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
1937 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
1938 reduces the response time for other users.
1939
1940 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
1941 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
1942
1943 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
1944
1945
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02001946option accept-invalid-http-request
1947no option accept-invalid-http-request
1948 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
1949 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1950 yes | yes | yes | no
1951 Arguments : none
1952
1953 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
1954 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
1955 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
1956 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
1957 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
1958 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
1959 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
1960 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
1961 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
1962
1963 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
1964 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
1965 been confirmed.
1966
1967 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
1968 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
1969 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
1970 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
1971
1972 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
1973 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
1974
1975 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
1976 stats socket.
1977
1978
1979option accept-invalid-http-response
1980no option accept-invalid-http-response
1981 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
1982 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1983 yes | no | yes | yes
1984 Arguments : none
1985
1986 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
1987 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
1988 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
1989 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
1990 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
1991 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
1992 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
1993 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
1994 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
1995
1996 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
1997 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
1998 been confirmed.
1999
2000 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2001 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
2002 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
2003 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2004
2005 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2006 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2007
2008 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
2009 stats socket.
2010
2011
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002012option allbackups
2013no option allbackups
2014 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
2015 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2016 yes | no | yes | yes
2017 Arguments : none
2018
2019 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
2020 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
2021 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
2022 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
2023 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
2024 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
2025 order between the backup servers anymore.
2026
2027 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2028 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2029
2030 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2031 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2032
2033
2034option checkcache
2035no option checkcache
2036 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cachable cookies
2037 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2038 yes | no | yes | yes
2039 Arguments : none
2040
2041 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2042 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
2043 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cachable object, there is a
2044 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2045 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2046 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2047
2048 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
2049 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cachability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002050 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002051 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2052 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002053 to the client are :
2054 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002055 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002056 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002057 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2058 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2059 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2060 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2061 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2062 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2063 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2064 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2065 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2066 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2067 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2068
2069 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002070 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002071 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
2072 during headers processing. Additionnaly, an alert will be sent in the logs so
2073 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2074
2075 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2076 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002077 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002078 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2079
2080 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2081 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2082
2083
2084option clitcpka
2085no option clitcpka
2086 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2087 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2088 yes | yes | yes | no
2089 Arguments : none
2090
2091 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2092 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2093 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2094 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2095
2096 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2097 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2098 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2099 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2100
2101 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2102 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2103 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2104 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2105 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2106
2107 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2108
2109 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2110 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2111 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2112
2113 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2114 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2115
2116 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2117
2118
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002119option contstats
2120 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2121 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2122 yes | yes | yes | no
2123 Arguments : none
2124
2125 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2126 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2127 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2128 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2129 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2130 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2131 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2132
2133
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002134option dontlog-normal
2135no option dontlog-normal
2136 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2137 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2138 yes | yes | yes | no
2139 Arguments : none
2140
2141 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2142 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2143 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2144 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2145 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2146 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2147 logged.
2148
2149 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2150 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2151 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2152
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002153 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002154 logging.
2155
2156
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002157option dontlognull
2158no option dontlognull
2159 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2160 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2161 yes | yes | yes | no
2162 Arguments : none
2163
2164 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2165 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2166 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2167 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2168 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2169 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2170 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2171
2172 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2173 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2174 would not be logged.
2175
2176 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2177 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2178
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002179 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002180
2181
2182option forceclose
2183no option forceclose
2184 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2185 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2186 yes | no | yes | yes
2187 Arguments : none
2188
2189 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2190 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2191 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2192 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2193 global session times in the logs.
2194
2195 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
2196 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server begins to
2197 reply and only if the request buffer is empty. Note that this should NOT be
2198 used if CONNECT requests are expected between the client and the server. This
2199 option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option.
2200
2201 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2202 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2203
2204 See also : "option httpclose"
2205
2206
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002207option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002208 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2209 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2210 yes | yes | yes | yes
2211 Arguments :
2212 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2213 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002214 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
2215 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002216
2217 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2218 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2219 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2220 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2221 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2222 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2223 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002224 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2225 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2226 possible that the client has already brought one.
2227
2228 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2229 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
2230 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2231 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
2232 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2233 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002234
2235 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2236 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2237 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2238 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2239 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2240 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2241 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2242
2243 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002244 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2245 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2246 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002247
2248 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2249 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2250 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2251 when using this option.
2252
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002253 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002254 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2255 frontend www
2256 mode http
2257 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2258
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002259 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2260 backend www
2261 mode http
2262 option forwardfor header X-Client
2263
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002264 See also : "option httpclose"
2265
2266
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002267option httpchk
2268option httpchk <uri>
2269option httpchk <method> <uri>
2270option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2271 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2272 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2273 yes | no | yes | yes
2274 Arguments :
2275 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2276 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2277 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2278 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2279 ones.
2280
2281 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2282 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2283 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2284
2285 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2286 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2287 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2288 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2289 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2290
2291 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2292 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2293 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2294 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2295 the lack of any response.
2296
2297 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2298
2299 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2300 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2301 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2302
2303 Examples :
2304 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2305 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2306 backend https_relay
2307 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002308 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002309 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2310
2311 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "http-check" and the
2312 "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
2313
2314
2315option httpclose
2316no option httpclose
2317 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2318 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2319 yes | yes | yes | yes
2320 Arguments : none
2321
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002322 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002323 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2324 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2325 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2326 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2327 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2328 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2329 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2330 be removed.
2331
2332 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
2333 close the connection eventough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2334 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this
2335 happens it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes
2336 the request connection once the server responds.
2337
2338 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2339 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2340 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
2341
2342 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2343 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2344
2345 See also : "option forceclose"
2346
2347
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002348option httplog [ clf ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002349 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2350 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2351 yes | yes | yes | yes
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002352 Arguments :
2353 clf if the "clf" argument is added, then the output format will be
2354 the CLF format instead of HAProxy's default HTTP format. You can
2355 use this when you need to feed HAProxy's logs through a specific
2356 log analyser which only support the CLF format and which is not
2357 extensible.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002358
2359 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2360 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2361 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2362 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2363 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2364 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2365 ports.
2366
2367 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2368
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002369 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2370 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. Specifying
2371 only "option httplog" will automatically clear the 'clf' mode if it was set
2372 by default.
2373
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002374 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002375
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002376
2377option http_proxy
2378no option http_proxy
2379 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2380 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2381 yes | yes | yes | yes
2382 Arguments : none
2383
2384 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2385 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2386 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2387 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2388 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2389
2390 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2391 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2392 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2393 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2394 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2395 be analyzed.
2396
2397 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2398 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2399
2400 Example :
2401 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2402 backend direct_forward
2403 option httpclose
2404 option http_proxy
2405
2406 See also : "option httpclose"
2407
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002408
2409option log-separate-errors
2410no option log-separate-errors
2411 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2412 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2413 yes | yes | yes | no
2414 Arguments : none
2415
2416 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2417 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2418 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2419 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2420 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2421 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2422 provides very important information.
2423
2424 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2425 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2426 error logs.
2427
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002428 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002429 logging.
2430
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002431
2432option logasap
2433no option logasap
2434 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2435 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2436 yes | yes | yes | no
2437 Arguments : none
2438
2439 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2440 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2441 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2442 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2443 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2444 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2445 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002446 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002447 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2448 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2449
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002450 Examples :
2451 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2452 mode http
2453 option httplog
2454 option logasap
2455 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2456
2457 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2458 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2459 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2460 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2461
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002462 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002463 logging.
2464
2465
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002466option nolinger
2467no option nolinger
2468 Enable or disable immediate session ressource cleaning after close
2469 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2470 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002471 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002472
2473 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2474 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2475 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2476 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2477 connections.
2478
2479 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2480 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2481 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2482 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2483 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2484 this too.
2485
2486 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2487 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2488 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2489
2490 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2491 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2492 for servers.
2493
2494 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2495 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2496
2497
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002498option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2499 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2500 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2501 yes | yes | yes | yes
2502 Arguments :
2503 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2504 matching <network>
2505 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2506 header name.
2507
2508 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2509 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2510 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2511 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2512 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2513 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2514 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2515 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2516 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2517 possible that the client has already brought one.
2518
2519 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2520 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2521 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2522 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2523 header and requires different one.
2524
2525 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2526 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2527 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2528 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2529 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2530 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2531 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2532
2533 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2534 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2535 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2536 both are defined.
2537
2538 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2539 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2540 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2541 when using this option.
2542
2543 Examples :
2544 # Original Destination address
2545 frontend www
2546 mode http
2547 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
2548
2549 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
2550 backend www
2551 mode http
2552 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
2553
2554 See also : "option httpclose"
2555
2556
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002557option persist
2558no option persist
2559 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
2560 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2561 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002562 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002563
2564 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
2565 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
2566 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
2567 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
2568 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
2569 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
2570 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
2571 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
2572 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
2573 redirected to another valid server.
2574
2575 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2576 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2577
2578 See also : "option redispatch", "retries"
2579
2580
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002581option redispatch
2582no option redispatch
2583 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
2584 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2585 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002586 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002587
2588 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
2589 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
2590 be able to access the service anymore.
2591
2592 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
2593 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
2594
2595 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
2596 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
2597 value.
2598
2599 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
2600 "redisp" keywords.
2601
2602 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2603 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2604
2605 See also : "redispatch", "retries"
2606
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002607
2608option smtpchk
2609option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
2610 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
2611 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2612 yes | no | yes | yes
2613 Arguments :
2614 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
2615 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
2616 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
2617
2618 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
2619 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
2620 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
2621
2622 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
2623 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
2624 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
2625 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
2626 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
2627 dead server.
2628
2629 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
2630 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
2631 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
2632 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
2633
2634 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
2635 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
2636 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2637 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2638 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
2639
2640 Example :
2641 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
2642
2643 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
2644
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002645
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002646option splice-auto
2647no option splice-auto
2648 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
2649 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2650 yes | yes | yes | yes
2651 Arguments : none
2652
2653 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2654 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
2655 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
2656 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
2657 not. Both directions are handled independantly. Note that the heuristics used
2658 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
2659 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
2660 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
2661 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2662
2663 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
2664 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
2665 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
2666 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
2667 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
2668 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
2669 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
2670 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
2671 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
2672 keyword.
2673
2674 Example :
2675 option splice-auto
2676
2677 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2678 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2679
2680 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
2681 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2682
2683
2684option splice-request
2685no option splice-request
2686 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
2687 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2688 yes | yes | yes | yes
2689 Arguments : none
2690
2691 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2692 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2693 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2694 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2695 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2696 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2697
2698 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2699
2700 Example :
2701 option splice-request
2702
2703 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2704 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2705
2706 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
2707 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2708
2709
2710option splice-response
2711no option splice-response
2712 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
2713 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2714 yes | yes | yes | yes
2715 Arguments : none
2716
2717 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2718 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2719 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2720 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2721 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2722 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2723
2724 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2725
2726 Example :
2727 option splice-response
2728
2729 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2730 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2731
2732 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
2733 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2734
2735
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002736option srvtcpka
2737no option srvtcpka
2738 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
2739 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2740 yes | no | yes | yes
2741 Arguments : none
2742
2743 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2744 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2745 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2746 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2747
2748 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2749 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2750 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2751 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2752
2753 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2754 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2755 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2756 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2757 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2758
2759 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2760
2761 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2762 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2763 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
2764
2765 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2766 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2767
2768 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
2769
2770
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002771option ssl-hello-chk
2772 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
2773 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2774 yes | no | yes | yes
2775 Arguments : none
2776
2777 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
2778 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
2779 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
2780 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
2781 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
2782 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
2783 hello message.
2784
2785 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
2786 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
2787 messages, which is appreciable.
2788
2789 See also: "option httpchk"
2790
2791
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02002792option tcp-smart-accept
2793no option tcp-smart-accept
2794 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence
2795 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2796 yes | yes | yes | no
2797 Arguments : none
2798
2799 When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on
2800 behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the
2801 system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new
2802 connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we
2803 have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could
2804 very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response.
2805
2806 For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid
2807 sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least
2808 Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway
2809 after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come.
2810
2811 During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable
2812 this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex
2813 when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to
2814 fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept".
2815
2816 It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying
2817 "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services
2818 such as SMTP where the server speaks first.
2819
2820 It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case
2821 of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the
2822 "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword.
2823
Willy Tarreaud88edf22009-06-14 15:48:17 +02002824 See also : "option tcp-smart-connect"
2825
2826
2827option tcp-smart-connect
2828no option tcp-smart-connect
2829 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence
2830 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2831 yes | no | yes | yes
2832 Arguments : none
2833
2834 On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to
2835 immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly
2836 send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and
2837 thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they
2838 immediately get the request along with the incoming connection.
2839
2840 This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend.
2841 It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more
2842 complex.
2843
2844 It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first
2845 such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of
2846 the ACK, a normal ACK is sent.
2847
2848 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2849 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2850
2851 See also : "option tcp-smart-accept"
2852
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02002853
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002854option tcpka
2855 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
2856 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2857 yes | yes | yes | yes
2858 Arguments : none
2859
2860 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2861 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2862 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2863 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2864
2865 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2866 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2867 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2868 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2869
2870 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2871 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2872 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2873 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2874 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2875
2876 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2877
2878 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
2879 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
2880 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
2881 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
2882 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
2883 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
2884 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
2885 backends.
2886
2887 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
2888
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002889
2890option tcplog
2891 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
2892 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2893 yes | yes | yes | yes
2894 Arguments : none
2895
2896 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2897 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2898 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
2899 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
2900 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
2901 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
2902 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
2903 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
2904
2905 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2906
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002907 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002908
2909
2910option tcpsplice [ experimental ]
2911 Enable linux kernel-based acceleration of data relaying
2912 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2913 yes | yes | yes | yes
2914 Arguments : none
2915
2916 This option is only available when HAProxy has been built for use on Linux
2917 with USE_TCPSPLICE=1. This option requires a kernel patch which is available
2918 on http://www.linux-l7sw.org/.
2919
2920 When "option tcpsplice" is set, as soon as the server's response headers have
2921 been transferred, the session handling is transferred to the kernel which
2922 will forward all subsequent data from the server to the client untill the
2923 session closes. This leads to much faster data transfers between client and
2924 server since the data is not copied twice between kernel and user space, but
2925 there are some limitations such as the lack of information about the number
2926 of bytes transferred and the total transfer time.
2927
2928 This is an experimental feature. It happens to reliably work but issues
2929 caused by corner cases are to be expected.
2930
2931 Note that this option requires that the process permanently runs with
2932 CAP_NETADMIN privileges, which most often translates into running as root.
2933
2934
2935option transparent
2936no option transparent
2937 Enable client-side transparent proxying
2938 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01002939 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002940 Arguments : none
2941
2942 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
2943 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
2944 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
2945 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
2946 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
2947 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
2948 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
2949 appropriate server.
2950
2951 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
2952 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
2953
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002954 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
2955 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002956
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002957
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02002958persist rdp-cookie
2959persist rdp-cookie(name)
2960 Enable RDP cookie-based persistence
2961 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2962 yes | no | yes | yes
2963 Arguments :
2964 <name> is the optional name of the RDP cookie to check. If omitted, the
2965 default cookie name "mstshash" will be used. There currently is
2966 no valid reason to change this name.
2967
2968 This statement enables persistence based on an RDP cookie. The RDP cookie
2969 contains all information required to find the server in the list of known
2970 servers. So when this option is set in the backend, the request is analysed
2971 and if an RDP cookie is found, it is decoded. If it matches a known server
2972 which is still UP (or if "option persist" is set), then the connection is
2973 forwarded to this server.
2974
2975 Note that this only makes sense in a TCP backend, but for this to work, the
2976 frontend must have waited long enough to ensure that an RDP cookie is present
2977 in the request buffer. This is the same requirement as with the "rdp-cookie"
2978 load-balancing method. Thus it is higly recommended to put all statements in
2979 a single "listen" section.
2980
2981 Example :
2982 listen tse-farm
2983 bind :3389
2984 # wait up to 5s for an RDP cookie in the request
2985 tcp-request inspect-delay 5s
2986 tcp-request content accept if RDP_COOKIE
2987 # apply RDP cookie persistence
2988 persist rdp-cookie
2989 # if server is unknown, let's balance on the same cookie.
2990 # alternatively, "balance leastconn" may be useful too.
2991 balance rdp-cookie
2992 server srv1 1.1.1.1:3389
2993 server srv2 1.1.1.2:3389
2994
2995 See also : "balance rdp-cookie", "tcp-request" and the "req_rdp_cookie" ACL.
2996
2997
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01002998rate-limit sessions <rate>
2999 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
3000 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3001 yes | yes | yes | no
3002 Arguments :
3003 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
3004 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
3005
3006 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
3007 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
3008 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
3009 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
3010 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
3011 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
3012
3013 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
3014 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
3015 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
3016 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
3017
3018 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
3019 listen smtp
3020 mode tcp
3021 bind :25
3022 rate-limit sessions 10
3023 server 127.0.0.1:1025
3024
3025 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
3026 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
3027
3028 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
3029
3030
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003031redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
3032redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003033 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
3034 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3035 no | yes | yes | yes
3036
3037 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003038 response.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003039
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003040 Arguments :
3041 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
3042 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
3043 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
3044 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01003045 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
3046 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
3047 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
3048 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003049
3050 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
3051 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
3052 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
3053 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
3054 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
3055 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
3056 location with a GET method.
3057
3058 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
3059 expected behaviour of a redirection :
3060
3061 - "drop-query"
3062 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
3063 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
3064 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
3065 with a location-type redirect.
3066
3067 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
3068 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
3069 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
3070 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
3071 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
3072 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
3073 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
3074
3075 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
3076 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
3077 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
3078 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
3079 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
3080 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
3081 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003082
3083 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
3084 acl clear dst_port 80
3085 acl secure dst_port 8080
3086 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003087 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003088 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003089 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
3090
3091 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003092 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
3093 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
3094 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003095 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003096
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003097 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003098
3099
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003100redisp (deprecated)
3101redispatch (deprecated)
3102 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3103 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3104 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003105 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003106
3107 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3108 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3109 be able to access the service anymore.
3110
3111 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
3112 redistribute them to a working server.
3113
3114 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3115 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3116 value.
3117
3118 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
3119 "option redispatch" instead.
3120
3121 See also : "option redispatch"
3122
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003123
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003124reqadd <string>
3125 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
3126 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3127 no | yes | yes | yes
3128 Arguments :
3129 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3130 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003131 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003132
3133 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3134 the last header of an HTTP request.
3135
3136 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3137 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3138 responses.
3139
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003140 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003141
3142
3143reqallow <search>
3144reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3145 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3146 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3147 no | yes | yes | yes
3148 Arguments :
3149 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3150 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3151 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3152 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3153 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3154 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3155 ignores case.
3156
3157 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3158 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3159 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3160 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3161 header names are not.
3162
3163 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3164 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3165
3166 Example :
3167 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3168 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3169 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3170
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003171 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003172 manipulation
3173
3174
3175reqdel <search>
3176reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3177 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3178 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3179 no | yes | yes | yes
3180 Arguments :
3181 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3182 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3183 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3184 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3185 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3186 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3187
3188 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3189 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3190 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3191 next servers.
3192
3193 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3194 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3195 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3196
3197 Example :
3198 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3199 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3200 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3201
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003202 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003203 manipulation
3204
3205
3206reqdeny <search>
3207reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3208 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3209 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3210 no | yes | yes | yes
3211 Arguments :
3212 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3213 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3214 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3215 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3216 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3217 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3218 case.
3219
3220 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3221 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3222 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3223 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3224 header names are not.
3225
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003226 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003227 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003228 using ACLs.
3229
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003230 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3231 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3232
3233 Example :
3234 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3235 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3236 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3237
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003238 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003239 header manipulation
3240
3241
3242reqpass <search>
3243reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3244 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3245 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3246 no | yes | yes | yes
3247 Arguments :
3248 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3249 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3250 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3251 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3252 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3253 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3254 case.
3255
3256 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3257 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3258 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3259 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3260
3261 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3262 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3263
3264 Example :
3265 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3266 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3267 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3268 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3269
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003270 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003271 header manipulation
3272
3273
3274reqrep <search> <string>
3275reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3276 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3277 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3278 no | yes | yes | yes
3279 Arguments :
3280 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3281 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3282 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3283 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3284 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3285 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3286
3287 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3288 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3289 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3290 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003291 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003292
3293 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3294 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3295 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3296
3297 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3298 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3299 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3300 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3301 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3302
3303 Example :
3304 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3305 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3306 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3307 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3308
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003309 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003310 manipulation
3311
3312
3313reqtarpit <search>
3314reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3315 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3316 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3317 no | yes | yes | yes
3318 Arguments :
3319 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3320 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3321 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3322 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3323 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3324 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3325 ignores case.
3326
3327 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3328 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003329 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3330 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3331 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003332 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3333 not set.
3334
3335 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3336 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3337 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3338 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3339 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3340
3341 Example :
3342 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3343 # block all others.
3344 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3345 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3346
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003347 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003348 manipulation
3349
3350
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003351retries <value>
3352 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3353 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3354 yes | no | yes | yes
3355 Arguments :
3356 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3357 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3358 default value is 3.
3359
3360 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3361 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3362 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3363
3364 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3365 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3366
3367 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3368 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3369
3370 See also : "option redispatch"
3371
3372
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003373rspadd <string>
3374 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3375 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3376 no | yes | yes | yes
3377 Arguments :
3378 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3379 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003380 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003381
3382 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3383 the last header of an HTTP response.
3384
3385 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3386 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3387 responses.
3388
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003389 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003390
3391
3392rspdel <search>
3393rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3394 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3395 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3396 no | yes | yes | yes
3397 Arguments :
3398 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3399 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3400 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3401 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3402 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3403 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3404 ignores case.
3405
3406 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3407 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3408 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3409 client.
3410
3411 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3412 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3413 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3414
3415 Example :
3416 # remove the Server header from responses
3417 reqidel ^Server:.*
3418
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003419 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003420 manipulation
3421
3422
3423rspdeny <search>
3424rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3425 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3426 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3427 no | yes | yes | yes
3428 Arguments :
3429 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3430 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3431 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3432 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3433 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3434 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3435 ignores case.
3436
3437 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3438 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3439 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3440 case-sensitive.
3441
3442 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003443 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3444 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3445 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003446
3447 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3448 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3449
3450 Example :
3451 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3452 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3453
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003454 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003455 manipulation
3456
3457
3458rsprep <search> <string>
3459rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3460 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3461 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3462 no | yes | yes | yes
3463 Arguments :
3464 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3465 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3466 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3467 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3468 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3469 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3470 ignores case.
3471
3472 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3473 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3474 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3475 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003476 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003477
3478 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3479 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3480 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3481
3482 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3483 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3484 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3485 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3486 are not case-sensitive.
3487
3488 Example :
3489 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3490 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3491
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003492 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003493 manipulation
3494
3495
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003496server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3497 Declare a server in a backend
3498 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3499 no | no | yes | yes
3500 Arguments :
3501 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3502 appear in logs and alerts.
3503
3504 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3505 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3506 start-up.
3507
3508 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3509 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3510 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3511 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3512 adding this value to the client's port.
3513
3514 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3515 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003516 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003517
3518 Examples :
3519 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3520 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3521
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003522 See also : section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003523
3524
3525source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003526source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003527 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3528 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3529 yes | no | yes | yes
3530 Arguments :
3531 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3532 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3533 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3534 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3535
3536 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3537 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02003538 the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not
3539 supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you
3540 have to specify them on each "server" line.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003541
3542 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
3543 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
3544 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
3545 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
3546 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
3547 <addr>.
3548
3549 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
3550 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
3551 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
3552 port.
3553
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003554 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
3555 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
3556 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
3557 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
3558 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
3559 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
3560
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003561 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
3562 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
3563 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
3564 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
3565
3566 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
3567 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
3568 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
3569 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
3570 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
3571 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
3572
3573 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
3574 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
3575 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
3576 there are two methods :
3577
3578 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
3579 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
3580 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
3581 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
3582 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
3583 of the client ranges may be used.
3584
3585 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
3586 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
3587 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
3588 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
3589 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
3590 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
3591 same session.
3592
3593 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
3594 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
3595 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
3596 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
3597 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
3598 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
3599
3600 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
3601 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
3602 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003603 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003604
3605 Examples :
3606 backend private
3607 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
3608 source 192.168.1.200
3609
3610 backend transparent_ssl1
3611 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
3612 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3613
3614 backend transparent_ssl2
3615 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
3616 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
3617 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
3618
3619 backend transparent_ssl3
3620 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
3621 # is more conntrack-friendly.
3622 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3623
3624 backend transparent_smtp
3625 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
3626 # with Tproxy version 4.
3627 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
3628
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003629 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003630 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
3631
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003632
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003633srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
3634 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
3635 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3636 yes | no | yes | yes
3637 Arguments :
3638 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3639 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3640 as explained at the top of this document.
3641
3642 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
3643 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
3644 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
3645 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
3646 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
3647 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
3648 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
3649
3650 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
3651 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
3652 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
3653 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
3654 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003655 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003656 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
3657 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
3658
3659 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
3660 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3661 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
3662 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
3663 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
3664 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
3665
3666 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
3667 Please use "timeout server" instead.
3668
3669 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
3670
3671
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003672stats auth <user>:<passwd>
3673 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
3674 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3675 yes | no | yes | yes
3676 Arguments :
3677 <user> is a user name to grant access to
3678
3679 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
3680
3681 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
3682 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
3683 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
3684 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
3685 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
3686 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
3687
3688 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
3689 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
3690 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
3691 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
3692
3693 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
3694 report using "stats scope".
3695
3696 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3697 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3698 unobvious parameters.
3699
3700 Example :
3701 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3702 backend public_www
3703 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3704 stats enable
3705 stats hide-version
3706 stats scope .
3707 stats uri /admin?stats
3708 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3709 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3710 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3711
3712 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3713 backend private_monitoring
3714 stats enable
3715 stats uri /admin?stats
3716 stats refresh 5s
3717
3718 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
3719
3720
3721stats enable
3722 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
3723 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3724 yes | no | yes | yes
3725 Arguments : none
3726
3727 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
3728 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
3729 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
3730 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
3731 - stats auth : no authentication
3732 - stats scope : no restriction
3733
3734 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3735 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3736 unobvious parameters.
3737
3738 Example :
3739 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3740 backend public_www
3741 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3742 stats enable
3743 stats hide-version
3744 stats scope .
3745 stats uri /admin?stats
3746 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3747 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3748 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3749
3750 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3751 backend private_monitoring
3752 stats enable
3753 stats uri /admin?stats
3754 stats refresh 5s
3755
3756 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3757
3758
3759stats realm <realm>
3760 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
3761 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3762 yes | no | yes | yes
3763 Arguments :
3764 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
3765 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
3766 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
3767
3768 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
3769 using a backslash ('\').
3770
3771 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
3772 only related to authentication.
3773
3774 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3775 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3776 unobvious parameters.
3777
3778 Example :
3779 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3780 backend public_www
3781 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3782 stats enable
3783 stats hide-version
3784 stats scope .
3785 stats uri /admin?stats
3786 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3787 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3788 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3789
3790 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3791 backend private_monitoring
3792 stats enable
3793 stats uri /admin?stats
3794 stats refresh 5s
3795
3796 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
3797
3798
3799stats refresh <delay>
3800 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
3801 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3802 yes | no | yes | yes
3803 Arguments :
3804 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
3805 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
3806 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
3807 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
3808 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
3809 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
3810
3811 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
3812 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
3813 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
3814 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
3815
3816 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3817 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3818 unobvious parameters.
3819
3820 Example :
3821 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3822 backend public_www
3823 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3824 stats enable
3825 stats hide-version
3826 stats scope .
3827 stats uri /admin?stats
3828 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3829 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3830 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3831
3832 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3833 backend private_monitoring
3834 stats enable
3835 stats uri /admin?stats
3836 stats refresh 5s
3837
3838 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3839
3840
3841stats scope { <name> | "." }
3842 Enable statistics and limit access scope
3843 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3844 yes | no | yes | yes
3845 Arguments :
3846 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
3847 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
3848 section in which the statement appears.
3849
3850 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
3851 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
3852 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
3853 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
3854 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
3855 exists.
3856
3857 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3858 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3859 unobvious parameters.
3860
3861 Example :
3862 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3863 backend public_www
3864 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3865 stats enable
3866 stats hide-version
3867 stats scope .
3868 stats uri /admin?stats
3869 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3870 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3871 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3872
3873 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3874 backend private_monitoring
3875 stats enable
3876 stats uri /admin?stats
3877 stats refresh 5s
3878
3879 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3880
3881
3882stats uri <prefix>
3883 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
3884 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3885 yes | no | yes | yes
3886 Arguments :
3887 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
3888 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
3889 query string.
3890
3891 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
3892 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
3893 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
3894 possible to reach it in the application.
3895
3896 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
3897 changed at build time, so it's better to always explictly specify it here.
3898 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
3899 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
3900 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
3901 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
3902
3903 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
3904 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
3905 an address or a port to statistics only.
3906
3907 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3908 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3909 unobvious parameters.
3910
3911 Example :
3912 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3913 backend public_www
3914 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3915 stats enable
3916 stats hide-version
3917 stats scope .
3918 stats uri /admin?stats
3919 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3920 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3921 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3922
3923 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3924 backend private_monitoring
3925 stats enable
3926 stats uri /admin?stats
3927 stats refresh 5s
3928
3929 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
3930
3931
3932stats hide-version
3933 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
3934 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3935 yes | no | yes | yes
3936 Arguments : none
3937
3938 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
3939 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
3940 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
3941 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
3942 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
3943 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
3944
3945 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3946 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3947 unobvious parameters.
3948
3949 Example :
3950 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3951 backend public_www
3952 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3953 stats enable
3954 stats hide-version
3955 stats scope .
3956 stats uri /admin?stats
3957 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3958 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3959 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3960
3961 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3962 backend private_monitoring
3963 stats enable
3964 stats uri /admin?stats
3965 stats refresh 5s
3966
3967 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3968
3969
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003970tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
3971 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
3972 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3973 no | yes | yes | no
3974
3975 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
3976 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
3977 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
3978 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
3979 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
3980 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
3981 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
3982 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
3983
3984 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
3985 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
3986
3987 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
3988 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
3989 "reject" statement.
3990
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003991 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003992
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02003993 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003994
3995
3996tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
3997 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
3998 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3999 no | yes | yes | no
4000
4001 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
4002 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4003 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4004 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4005 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4006 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4007 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4008 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4009
4010 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
4011 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4012
4013 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
4014 "accept".
4015
4016 Example:
4017 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
4018 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4019 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4020 tcp-request reject if content_present
4021
4022 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
4023 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4024 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4025 tcp-request accept if content_present
4026 tcp-request reject
4027
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004028 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004029
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004030 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004031
4032
4033tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
4034 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
4035 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4036 no | yes | yes | no
4037 Arguments :
4038 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4039 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4040 as explained at the top of this document.
4041
4042 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
4043 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
4044 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
4045 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
4046 data for at most the specified amount of time.
4047
4048 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
4049 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
4050 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementionned delay,
4051 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01004052 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
4053 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
4054 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
4055 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004056
4057 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
4058 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
4059 it pass through unaffected.
4060
4061 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
4062 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
4063 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
4064 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
4065 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
4066 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
4067 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
4068
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004069 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004070 "timeout client".
4071
4072
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004073timeout check <timeout>
4074 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
4075 established.
4076
4077 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4078 yes | no | yes | yes
4079 Arguments:
4080 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4081 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4082 as explained at the top of this document.
4083
4084 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
4085 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
4086 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
4087 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
4088 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
4089 long "timeout connect".
4090
4091 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
4092 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
4093
4094 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
4095 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004096 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004097
4098 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4099 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4100 forget about it.
4101
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004102 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
4103 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004104
4105
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004106timeout client <timeout>
4107timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4108 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
4109 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4110 yes | yes | yes | no
4111 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004112 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004113 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4114 as explained at the top of this document.
4115
4116 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
4117 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4118 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
4119 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
4120 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
4121 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
4122 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
4123 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004124 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004125 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
4126 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
4127
4128 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
4129 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4130 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4131 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4132 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4133 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4134
4135 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
4136 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
4137 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4138
4139 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4140
4141
4142timeout connect <timeout>
4143timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4144 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4145 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4146 yes | no | yes | yes
4147 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004148 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004149 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4150 as explained at the top of this document.
4151
4152 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004153 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004154 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
4155 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004156 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4157 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004158
4159 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4160 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4161 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4162 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4163 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4164 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4165
4166 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4167 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4168 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4169
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004170 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4171 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004172
4173
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004174timeout http-request <timeout>
4175 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
4176 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004177 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004178 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004179 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004180 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4181 as explained at the top of this document.
4182
4183 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
4184 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
4185 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
4186 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
4187 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
4188 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
4189 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
4190 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
4191
4192 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
4193 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
4194 used anymore.
4195
4196 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
4197 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
4198 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
4199 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
4200 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
4201
4202 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004203 chunk of the incoming request. It should be set in the frontend to take
4204 effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in which case the HTTP backend's
4205 timeout will be used.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004206
4207 See also : "timeout client".
4208
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004209
4210timeout queue <timeout>
4211 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
4212 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4213 yes | no | yes | yes
4214 Arguments :
4215 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4216 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4217 as explained at the top of this document.
4218
4219 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
4220 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
4221 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
4222 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
4223 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
4224
4225 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
4226 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
4227 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
4228 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
4229
4230 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4231
4232
4233timeout server <timeout>
4234timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4235 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4236 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4237 yes | no | yes | yes
4238 Arguments :
4239 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4240 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4241 as explained at the top of this document.
4242
4243 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4244 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4245 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4246 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4247 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4248 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4249 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4250
4251 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4252 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4253 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4254 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4255 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004256 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004257 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
4258 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
4259
4260 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4261 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4262 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4263 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4264 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4265 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4266
4267 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
4268 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
4269 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4270
4271 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
4272
4273
4274timeout tarpit <timeout>
4275 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
4276 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4277 yes | yes | yes | yes
4278 Arguments :
4279 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
4280 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4281 as explained at the top of this document.
4282
4283 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
4284 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
4285 defines how long it will be maintained open.
4286
4287 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4288 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4289 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
4290 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
4291 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
4292
4293 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4294
4295
4296transparent (deprecated)
4297 Enable client-side transparent proxying
4298 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01004299 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004300 Arguments : none
4301
4302 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
4303 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
4304 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
4305 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
4306 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
4307 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
4308 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
4309 appropriate server.
4310
4311 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
4312
4313 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
4314 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
4315
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004316 See also: "option transparent"
4317
4318
4319use_backend <backend> if <condition>
4320use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004321 Switch to a specific backend if/unless an ACL-based condition is matched.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004322 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4323 no | yes | yes | no
4324 Arguments :
4325 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
4326
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004327 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004328
4329 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
4330 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
4331 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004332 "use_backend" keyword. While it is normally used with HTTP processing, it can
4333 also be used in pure TCP, either without content using stateless ACLs (eg:
4334 source address validation) or combined with a "tcp-request" rule to wait for
4335 some payload.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004336
4337 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
4338 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
4339 assign the backend.
4340
4341 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
4342 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
4343 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
4344 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
4345 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
4346 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
4347
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02004348 Note that it is possible to switch from a TCP frontend to an HTTP backend. In
4349 this case, etiher the frontend has already checked that the protocol is HTTP,
4350 and backend processing will immediately follow, or the backend will wait for
4351 a complete HTTP request to get in. This feature is useful when a frontend
4352 must decode several protocols on a unique port, one of them being HTTP.
4353
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004354 See also: "default_backend", "tcp-request", and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004355
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004356
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020043575. Server options
4358-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004359
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004360The "server" keyword supports a certain number of settings which are all passed
4361as arguments on the server line. The order in which those arguments appear does
4362not count, and they are all optional. Some of those settings are single words
4363(booleans) while others expect one or several values after them. In this case,
4364the values must immediately follow the setting name. All those settings must be
4365specified after the server's address if they are used :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004366
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004367 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004368
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004369The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004370
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004371addr <ipv4>
4372 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
4373 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
4374 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
4375 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
4376 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004377
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004378backup
4379 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
4380 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
4381 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
4382 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
4383 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
4384 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004385
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004386check
4387 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
4388 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
4389 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
4390 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
4391 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
4392 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
4393 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
4394 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
4395 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
4396 and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and parameters for
4397 more information.
4398
4399cookie <value>
4400 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
4401 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
4402 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
4403 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
4404 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
4405 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
4406 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
4407
4408fall <count>
4409 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
4410 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
4411 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
4412
4413id <value>
4414 Set a persistent value for server ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as
4415 smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids.
4416
4417inter <delay>
4418fastinter <delay>
4419downinter <delay>
4420 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
4421 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
4422 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
4423 between checks depending on the server state :
4424
4425 Server state | Interval used
4426 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4427 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
4428 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4429 Transitionally UP (going down), |
4430 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4431 or yet unchecked. |
4432 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4433 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4434 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4435
4436 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
4437 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
4438 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
4439 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
4440 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
4441 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
4442 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
4443 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
4444 servers.
4445
4446maxconn <maxconn>
4447 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
4448 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
4449 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
4450 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
4451 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
4452 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
4453 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
4454 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
4455
4456maxqueue <maxqueue>
4457 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
4458 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
4459 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
4460 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
4461 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
4462 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
4463 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
4464
4465minconn <minconn>
4466 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
4467 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
4468 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
4469 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
4470 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
4471 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
4472 overloading the server during exceptionnal loads. See also the "maxconn"
4473 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
4474
4475port <port>
4476 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
4477 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
4478 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
4479 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
4480 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
4481 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
4482
4483redir <prefix>
4484 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
4485 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
4486 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
4487 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
4488 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
4489 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
4490 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
4491 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
4492 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the respose. However, cookies in
4493 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
4494 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
4495 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
4496 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
4497 loop between the client and HAProxy!
4498
4499 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
4500
4501rise <count>
4502 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
4503 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
4504 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
4505
4506slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
4507 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
4508 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
4509 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
4510 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
4511 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
4512 parameters :
4513
4514 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
4515 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
4516
4517 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
4518 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
4519 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
4520 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
4521
4522 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
4523 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
4524 seen as failed.
4525
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004526source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
4527source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ...
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004528 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
4529 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
4530 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
4531 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
4532
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004533 Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a
4534 source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a
4535 dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a
4536 source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for
4537 several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k
4538 total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per
4539 server.
4540
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004541track [<proxy>/]<server>
4542 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
4543 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
4544 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
4545 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
4546 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
4547
4548weight <weight>
4549 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
4550 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
4551 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
Willy Tarreau6704d672009-06-15 10:56:05 +02004552 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0
4553 means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept
4554 persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load
4555 according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which
4556 can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough
4557 room above and below for later adjustments.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004558
4559
45606. HTTP header manipulation
4561---------------------------
4562
4563In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
4564response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
4565request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
4566which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
4567against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
4568to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
4569passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
4570headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
4571never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
4572
4573This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
4574in section 4.2 :
4575
4576 - reqadd <string>
4577 - reqallow <search>
4578 - reqiallow <search>
4579 - reqdel <search>
4580 - reqidel <search>
4581 - reqdeny <search>
4582 - reqideny <search>
4583 - reqpass <search>
4584 - reqipass <search>
4585 - reqrep <search> <replace>
4586 - reqirep <search> <replace>
4587 - reqtarpit <search>
4588 - reqitarpit <search>
4589 - rspadd <string>
4590 - rspdel <search>
4591 - rspidel <search>
4592 - rspdeny <search>
4593 - rspideny <search>
4594 - rsprep <search> <replace>
4595 - rspirep <search> <replace>
4596
4597With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
4598is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
4599parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
4600prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
4601Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
4602
4603 \t for a tab
4604 \r for a carriage return (CR)
4605 \n for a new line (LF)
4606 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
4607 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
4608 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
4609 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
4610 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
4611
4612The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
4613portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
4614above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
4615regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
46169 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
4617is very common to users of the "sed" program.
4618
4619The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
4620after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
4621
4622Notes related to these keywords :
4623---------------------------------
4624 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
4625 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
4626 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
4627
4628 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
4629 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
4630 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
4631
4632 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
4633 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
4634 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
4635 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
4636 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
4637
4638 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
4639 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
4640 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
4641 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
4642 useless headers before adding new ones.
4643
4644 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their couterpart
4645 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
4646
4647 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
4648 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
4649 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
4650
4651 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
4652 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
4653 before switching.
4654
4655
46567. Using ACLs
4657-------------
4658
4659The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
4660content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
4661from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
4662simple :
4663
4664 - define test criteria with sets of values
4665 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
4666
4667The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
4668
4669In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
4670
4671 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
4672
4673This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
4674Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
4675and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
4676an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
4677of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
4678
4679ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
4680'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
4681which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
4682
4683There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
4684performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
4685
4686The following ACL flags are currently supported :
4687
4688 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004689 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
4690
4691Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004692
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004693 - integers or integer ranges
4694 - strings
4695 - regular expressions
4696 - IP addresses and networks
4697
4698
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046997.1. Matching integers
4700----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004701
4702Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
4703that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
4704expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
4705may be omitted.
4706
4707For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
4708unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
4709representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
4710
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004711As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
4712two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
4713instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
4714ranges and operators.
4715
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004716For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004717operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
4718Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
4719of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004720
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004721Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004722
4723 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
4724 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
4725 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
4726 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
4727 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
4728
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004729For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004730
4731 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
4732
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004733This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
4734
4735 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
4736
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004737
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047387.2. Matching strings
4739---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004740
4741String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
4742exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
4743characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
4744string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
4745to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004746before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004747
4748
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047497.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
4750-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004751
4752Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
4753they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
4754possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
4755passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
4756the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004757the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
4758match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004759
4760
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047617.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
4762----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004763
4764IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
4765netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
4766within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004767host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004768difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
4769at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
4770does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
4771parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004772
4773
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047747.5. Available matching criteria
4775--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004776
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047777.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
4778------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004779
4780A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
4781analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
4782addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
4783
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004784always_false
4785 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
4786 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
4787
4788always_true
4789 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
4790 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
4791
4792src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004793 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004794 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
4795 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
4796
4797src_port <integer>
4798 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
4799
4800dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004801 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004802 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
4803
4804dst_port <integer>
4805 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
4806 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
4807
4808dst_conn <integer>
4809 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
4810 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004811 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004812 when the farm is considered saturated.
4813
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004814nbsrv <integer>
4815nbsrv(backend) <integer>
4816 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
4817 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
4818 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
4819 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
4820 "monitor fail".
4821
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004822connslots <integer>
4823connslots(backend) <integer>
4824 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004825 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004826 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
4827
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004828 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
4829 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004830
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004831 Note that while "dst_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
4832 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
4833 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
4834 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
4835 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
4836 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
4837 available connection slots as well.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004838
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004839 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
4840 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
4841 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
4842 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004843
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01004844fe_sess_rate <integer>
4845fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
4846 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
4847 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
4848 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
4849 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
4850 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
4851 the rate to go down below the limit.
4852
4853 Example :
4854 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
4855 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
4856 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
4857 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
4858 frontend mail
4859 bind :25
4860 mode tcp
4861 maxconn 100
4862 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
4863 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
4864 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
4865 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
4866
4867be_sess_rate <integer>
4868be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
4869 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
4870 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
4871 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
4872 reaches too high a session rate, or to limite abuse of service (eg. prevent
4873 sucking of an online dictionary).
4874
4875 Example :
4876 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
4877 backend dynamic
4878 mode http
4879 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
4880 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
4881
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004882
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020048837.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
4884-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004885
4886A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
4887during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
4888through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
4889for more detailed information on the subject.
4890
4891req_len <integer>
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02004892 Returns true when the length of the data in the request buffer matches the
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004893 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
4894 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
4895 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
4896 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
4897 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
4898 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
4899
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02004900req_proto_http
4901 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like HTTP and correctly
4902 parses as such. It is the same parser as the common HTTP request parser which
4903 is used so there should be no surprizes. This test can be used for instance
4904 to direct HTTP traffic to a given port and HTTPS traffic to another one
4905 using TCP request content inspection rules.
4906
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02004907req_rdp_cookie <string>
4908req_rdp_cookie(name) <string>
4909 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol, and
4910 a cookie is present and equal to <string>. By default, any cookie name is
4911 checked, but a specific cookie name can be specified in parenthesis. The
4912 parser only checks for the first cookie, as illustrated in the RDP protocol
4913 specification. The cookie name is case insensitive. This ACL can be useful
4914 with the "MSTS" cookie, as it can contain the user name of the client
4915 connecting to the server if properly configured on the client. This can be
4916 used to restrict access to certain servers to certain users.
4917
4918req_rdp_cookie_cnt <integer>
4919req_rdp_cookie_cnt(name) <integer>
4920 Returns true when the data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol
4921 and the number of RDP cookies matches the specified range (typically zero or
4922 one). Optionally a specific cookie name can be checked. This is a simple way
4923 of detecting the RDP protocol, as clients generally send the MSTS or MSTSHASH
4924 cookies.
4925
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004926req_ssl_ver <decimal>
4927 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
4928 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
4929 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
4930 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
4931 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
4932 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
4933 with TCP request content inspection.
4934
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02004935wait_end
4936 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
4937 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
4938 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
4939 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
4940 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
4941 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
4942 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
4943 inspection.
4944
4945 Examples :
4946 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
4947 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
4948 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
4949
4950 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
4951 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
4952 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
4953 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
4954 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
4955 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
4956 tcp-request content reject
4957
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004958
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020049597.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
4960--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004961
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004962A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004963application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
4964read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
4965than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
4966
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004967method <string>
4968 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
4969 already check for most common methods.
4970
4971req_ver <string>
4972 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
4973 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
4974
4975path <string>
4976 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
4977 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
4978 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
4979
4980path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004981 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
4982 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004983
4984path_end <string>
4985 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
4986 control file name extension.
4987
4988path_sub <string>
4989 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
4990 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
4991 "path_dir".
4992
4993path_dir <string>
4994 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
4995 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
4996 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
4997 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
4998
4999path_dom <string>
5000 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5001 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
5002 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
5003
5004path_reg <regex>
5005 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5006 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5007 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
5008
5009url <string>
5010 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
5011 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
5012
5013url_beg <string>
5014 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
5015 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
5016
5017url_end <string>
5018 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
5019 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
5020
5021url_sub <string>
5022 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5023 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
5024
5025url_dir <string>
5026 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5027 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5028 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5029 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
5030
5031url_dom <string>
5032 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5033 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
5034 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
5035
5036url_reg <regex>
5037 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5038 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5039 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
5040
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005041url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005042 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
5043 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005044 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005045
5046url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005047 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
5048 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005049 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005050 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005051
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005052hdr <string>
5053hdr(header) <string>
5054 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
5055 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005056 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
5057 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005058
5059 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005060 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005061 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
5062
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005063 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005064
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005065hdr_beg <string>
5066hdr_beg(header) <string>
5067 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
5068 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005069
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005070hdr_end <string>
5071hdr_end(header) <string>
5072 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
5073 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005074
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005075hdr_sub <string>
5076hdr_sub(header) <string>
5077 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
5078 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005079
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005080hdr_dir <string>
5081hdr_dir(header) <string>
5082 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5083 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
5084 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
5085 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005086
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005087hdr_dom <string>
5088hdr_dom(header) <string>
5089 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5090 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
5091 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
5092 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005093
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005094hdr_reg <regex>
5095hdr_reg(header) <regex>
5096 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
5097 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
5098 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
5099 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005100
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005101hdr_val <integer>
5102hdr_val(header) <integer>
5103 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
5104 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
5105 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
5106 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005107
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005108hdr_cnt <integer>
5109hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
5110 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
5111 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
5112 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
5113 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
5114 request smugling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
5115 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01005116
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005117
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051187.6. Pre-defined ACLs
5119---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005120
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005121Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
5122every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
5123order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
5124only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005125
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005126ACL name Equivalent to Usage
5127---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
5128TRUE always_true always match
5129FALSE always_false never match
5130LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005131HTTP req_proto_http match if protocol is valid HTTP
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005132HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
5133HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
5134METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
5135METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
5136METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
5137METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
5138METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
5139METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
5140HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
5141HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL begining with "/"
5142HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
5143HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005144RDP_COOKIE req_rdp_cookie_cnt gt 0 match presence of an RDP cookie
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005145REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
5146WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
5147---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005148
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005149
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051507.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
5151----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005152
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005153Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
5154combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005155
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005156 - AND (implicit)
5157 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
5158 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005159
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005160A condition is formed as a disjonctive form :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005161
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005162 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005163
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005164Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
5165indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005166
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005167For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
5168"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
5169requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
5170is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005171
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005172 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
5173 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
5174 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
5175 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005176
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005177To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
5178and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005179
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005180 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
5181 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
5182 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
5183 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005184
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005185 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
5186 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
5187 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
5188 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005189
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005190See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005191
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005192
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051938. Logging
5194----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005195
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005196One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
5197provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
5198very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
5199provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
5200state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
5201to direct trafic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
5202headers.
5203
5204In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
5205about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
5206send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
5207
5208 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
5209 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
5210 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
5211 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
5212 at the termination.
5213
5214The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
5215allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
5216as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
5217while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
5218real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
5219delay.
5220
5221
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052228.1. Log levels
5223---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005224
5225TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
5226source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
5227HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
5228in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
5229particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005230syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005231facilities.
5232
5233
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052348.2. Log formats
5235----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005236
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005237HAProxy supports 4 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005238and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
5239the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
5240formats are the following ones :
5241
5242 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
5243 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
5244 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
5245 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
5246 extents.
5247
5248 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
5249 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
5250 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
5251 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
5252 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
5253
5254 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
5255 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
5256 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
5257 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
5258 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
5259
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005260 - the CLF HTTP format, which is equivalent to the HTTP format, but with the
5261 fields arranged in the same order as the CLF format. In this mode, all
5262 timers, captures, flags, etc... appear one per field after the end of the
5263 common fields, in the same order they appear in the standard HTTP format.
5264
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005265Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
5266specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
5267field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
5268servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
5269always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
5270identifier.
5271
5272Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
5273 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
5274 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
5275 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
5276 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
5277
5278
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052798.2.1. Default log format
5280-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005281
5282This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
5283as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
5284format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
5285
5286 Example :
5287 listen www
5288 mode http
5289 log global
5290 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5291
5292 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
5293 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
5294 (www/HTTP)
5295
5296 Field Format Extract from the example above
5297 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
5298 2 'Connect from' Connect from
5299 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
5300 4 'to' to
5301 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
5302 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
5303
5304Detailed fields description :
5305 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
5306 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5307 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
5308 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
5309 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5310 and processed the connection.
5311 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
5312
5313It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
5314will eventually disappear.
5315
5316
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020053178.2.2. TCP log format
5318---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005319
5320The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
5321is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
5322information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
5323counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
5324emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
5325environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
5326the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
5327sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005328specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
5329not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
5330fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
5331marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005332
5333 Example :
5334 frontend fnt
5335 mode tcp
5336 option tcplog
5337 log global
5338 default_backend bck
5339
5340 backend bck
5341 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5342
5343 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
5344 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
5345 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
5346
5347 Field Format Extract from the example above
5348 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
5349 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
5350 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
5351 4 frontend_name fnt
5352 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
5353 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
5354 7 bytes_read* 212
5355 8 termination_state --
5356 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
5357 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5358
5359Detailed fields description :
5360 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5361 connection to haproxy.
5362
5363 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5364
5365 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
5366 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
5367 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
5368 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
5369
5370 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5371 and processed the connection.
5372
5373 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5374 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5375 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
5376 applications.
5377
5378 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5379 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5380 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5381 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
5382 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
5383
5384 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5385 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5386 See "Timers" below for more details.
5387
5388 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5389 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5390 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
5391 "Timers" below for more details.
5392
5393 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5394 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5395 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5396 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5397 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5398 details.
5399
5400 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
5401 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
5402 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
5403 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
5404 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
5405
5406 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5407 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5408 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
5409 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
5410 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
5411 for more details.
5412
5413 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5414 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5415 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
5416 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
5417 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005418 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005419
5420 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5421 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5422 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5423 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5424 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5425 caused by a denial of service attack.
5426
5427 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5428 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5429 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5430 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5431 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5432 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5433 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5434 denial of service attack.
5435
5436 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5437 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5438 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5439 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5440 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5441 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5442 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5443 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
5444 be processed than on other servers.
5445
5446 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5447 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5448 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5449 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5450 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5451 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5452 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5453 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5454 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5455 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5456 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5457 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5458 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5459
5460 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5461 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5462 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5463 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5464 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5465 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5466 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5467 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5468
5469 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5470 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5471 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5472 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5473 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5474 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5475 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5476 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5477 occurs.
5478
5479
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054808.2.3. HTTP log format
5481----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005482
5483The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
5484is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
5485the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
5486are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
5487emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
5488generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
5489"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
5490which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005491frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
5492is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005493
5494Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
5495slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
5496with a star ('*') after the field name below.
5497
5498 Example :
5499 frontend http-in
5500 mode http
5501 option httplog
5502 log global
5503 default_backend bck
5504
5505 backend static
5506 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5507
5508 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
5509 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
5510 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
5511 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5512
5513 Field Format Extract from the example above
5514 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
5515 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
5516 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
5517 4 frontend_name http-in
5518 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
5519 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
5520 7 status_code 200
5521 8 bytes_read* 2750
5522 9 captured_request_cookie -
5523 10 captured_response_cookie -
5524 11 termination_state ----
5525 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
5526 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5527 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
5528 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
5529 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5530
5531
5532Detailed fields description :
5533 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5534 connection to haproxy.
5535
5536 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5537
5538 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
5539 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
5540 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
5541 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
5542 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
5543
5544 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5545 and processed the connection.
5546
5547 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5548 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5549 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
5550
5551 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5552 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5553 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5554 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
5555 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
5556 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
5557
5558 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
5559 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
5560 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
5561 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
5562 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
5563 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
5564
5565 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5566 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5567 See "Timers" below for more details.
5568
5569 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5570 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5571 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
5572 below for more details.
5573
5574 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
5575 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
5576 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
5577 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
5578 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
5579 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
5580 for more details.
5581
5582 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5583 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5584 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5585 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5586 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5587 details.
5588
5589 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
5590 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
5591 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
5592
5593 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
5594 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
5595 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
5596 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
5597 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
5598 overflowing.
5599
5600 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
5601 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
5602 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
5603 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
5604 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
5605 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
5606 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
5607 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5608
5609 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
5610 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
5611 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
5612 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
5613 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
5614 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
5615 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
5616 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5617
5618 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5619 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5620 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
5621 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
5622 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
5623 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
5624 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
5625
5626 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5627 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5628 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
5629 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
5630 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005631 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005632 system.
5633
5634 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5635 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5636 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5637 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5638 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5639 caused by a denial of service attack.
5640
5641 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5642 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5643 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5644 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5645 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5646 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5647 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5648 denial of service attack.
5649
5650 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5651 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5652 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5653 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5654 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5655 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5656 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5657 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
5658 processed than on other servers.
5659
5660 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5661 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5662 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5663 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5664 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5665 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5666 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5667 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5668 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5669 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5670 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5671 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5672 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5673
5674 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5675 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5676 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5677 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5678 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5679 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5680 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5681 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5682
5683 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5684 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5685 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5686 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5687 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5688 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5689 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5690 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5691 occurs.
5692
5693 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
5694 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
5695 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
5696 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
5697 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
5698 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
5699 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
5700 cookies" below for more details.
5701
5702 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
5703 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
5704 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
5705 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
5706 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
5707 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
5708 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
5709 and cookies" below for more details.
5710
5711 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
5712 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
5713 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
5714 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
5715 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
5716 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
5717 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
5718 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
5719
5720
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057218.3. Advanced logging options
5722-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005723
5724Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
5725just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
5726options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
5727for more information about their usage.
5728
5729
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057308.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
5731------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005732
5733It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
5734haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
5735commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
5736monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
5737ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
5738
5739 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
5740 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
5741 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
5742 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
5743
5744 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
5745 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
5746 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
5747 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
5748 such as other load-balancers.
5749
5750 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
5751 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
5752 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
5753
5754
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057558.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
5756----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005757
5758The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
5759what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
5760or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
5761"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
5762just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
5763log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
5764after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
5765is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
5766with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
5767with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
5768
5769
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057708.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
5771------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005772
5773Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
5774for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
5775"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
5776retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
5777raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
5778a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
5779file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
5780you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
5781"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
5782
5783
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057848.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
5785--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005786
5787Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
5788multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
5789them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
5790"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
5791logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
5792error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
5793and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
5794too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
5795useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
5796alternative.
5797
5798
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057998.4. Timing events
5800------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005801
5802Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
5803reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
5804the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
5805frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
5806mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
5807
5808 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
5809 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
5810 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
5811 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
5812 the client closes prematurely or times out.
5813
5814 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
5815 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
5816 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
5817 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
5818 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
5819
5820 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
5821 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
5822 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
5823 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
5824 connection never established.
5825
5826 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
5827 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
5828 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
5829 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
5830 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
5831 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
5832 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
5833 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
5834 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
5835 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
5836 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
5837
5838 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
5839 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
5840 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
5841 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
5842 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
5843
5844 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
5845
5846 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
5847 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
5848 negative.
5849
5850These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
5851protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
5852that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
5853due to network problems (wires, negociation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
5854close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
5855session has been aborted on timeout.
5856
5857Most common cases :
5858
5859 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
5860 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
5861 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
5862 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
5863 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
5864 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
5865 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
5866 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
5867 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
5868 connections have been accepted at once.
5869
5870 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
5871 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
5872 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
5873 of ms on remote networks.
5874
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005875 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
5876 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
5877 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005878
5879 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
5880 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
5881 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
5882 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
5883 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
5884 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
5885 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
5886 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
5887 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
5888 to the server until another one is released.
5889
5890Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
5891
5892 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
5893 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
5894 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
5895
5896 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
5897 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
5898 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
5899
5900 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
5901 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
5902 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
5903 flags.
5904
5905 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
5906 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
5907 Check the session termination flags, then check the
5908 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
5909 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
5910 the client connection was maintained open.
5911
5912 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
5913 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
5914 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
5915 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
5916
5917
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020059188.5. Session state at disconnection
5919-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005920
5921TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
5922"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
59232-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
5924each of which has a special meaning :
5925
5926 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
5927 session to terminate :
5928
5929 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
5930
5931 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
5932 server explicitly refused it.
5933
5934 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
5935 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
5936 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
5937 error in server response which might have caused information leak
5938 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
5939 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
5940
5941 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
5942 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
5943 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
5944 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
5945 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
5946
5947 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
5948 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
5949 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
5950 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
5951 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
5952
5953 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
5954 send or receive data.
5955
5956 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
5957 send or receive data.
5958
5959 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
5960 with nothing left in the buffers.
5961
5962 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
5963
5964 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
5965 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
5966
5967 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
5968 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
5969 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
5970 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
5971 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
5972
5973 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
5974 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
5975
5976 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
5977 server (HTTP only).
5978
5979 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
5980
5981 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
5982 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
5983 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
5984
5985 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
5986 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
5987 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
5988
5989 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
5990
5991 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
5992 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
5993
5994 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
5995 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
5996 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
5997
5998 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
5999 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
6000 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
6001
6002 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
6003 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
6004 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
6005 another server.
6006
6007 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
6008 server.
6009
6010 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6011
6012 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
6013 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
6014
6015 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
6016
6017 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
6018 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
6019 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
6020
6021 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
6022
6023 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
6024 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
6025
6026 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
6027
6028 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6029
6030The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
6031happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
6032helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
6033starvation, attacks, etc...
6034
6035The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
6036alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
6037easier finding and understanding.
6038
6039 Flags Reason
6040
6041 -- Normal termination.
6042
6043 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
6044 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
6045 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
6046 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
6047
6048 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
6049 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
6050 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
6051 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
6052 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
6053 by the client.
6054
6055 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6056 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
6057 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
6058
6059 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
6060 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
6061 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
6062
6063 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
6064 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
6065 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
6066 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
6067 the server takes too long to respond.
6068
6069 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
6070 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
6071 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
6072 long a time to respond.
6073
6074 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
6075 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
6076 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
6077 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
6078 and the client.
6079
6080 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
6081 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
6082 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
6083 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
6084 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
6085 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
6086
6087 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
6088 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006089 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
6090 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
6091 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
6092 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006093
6094 SC The server or an equipement between it and haproxy explicitly refused
6095 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
6096 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
6097 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
6098 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
6099 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
6100
6101 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
6102 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
6103 503 or 504 here.
6104
6105 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
6106 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
6107 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
6108 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
6109 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
6110
6111 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6112 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
6113 by too short timeouts on L4 equipements before the server (firewalls,
6114 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
6115 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
6116
6117 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
6118 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
6119 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
6120 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
6121 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
6122 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
6123 between haproxy and the server.
6124
6125 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
6126 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
6127 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
6128 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
6129 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
6130 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
6131 solution is to fix the application.
6132
6133 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
6134 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
6135 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
6136 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
6137 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
6138 external attacks.
6139
6140 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
6141 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
6142 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
6143 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
6144 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
6145
6146 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
6147 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
6148 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
6149 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
6150 containing unauthorized characters.
6151
6152 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
6153 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
6154 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
6155 returned an HTTP 403 error.
6156
6157 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
6158 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
6159 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
6160 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
6161
6162 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
6163 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
6164 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
6165 only be solved by proper system tuning.
6166
6167
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061688.6. Non-printable characters
6169-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006170
6171In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
6172consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
6173converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
6174prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
6175being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
6176escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
6177is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
6178'}' when logging headers.
6179
6180Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
6181issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
6182containing spaces is "User-Agent".
6183
6184Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
6185the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
6186performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
6187
6188
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061898.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
6190---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006191
6192Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
6193achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006194section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006195cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
6196the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
6197the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006198locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006199not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
6200user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
6201a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
6202wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
6203
6204 Examples :
6205 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
6206 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
6207
6208 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
6209 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
6210
6211
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062128.8. Capturing HTTP headers
6213---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006214
6215Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
6216proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
6217the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
6218server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
6219
6220Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
6221response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006222section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006223
6224It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
6225time. Non-existant headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
6226appears more than once, only its last occurence will be logged. Request headers
6227are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
6228and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
6229follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
6230request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
6231in the logs.
6232
6233 Example :
6234 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
6235 listen proxy-out
6236 mode http
6237 option httplog
6238 option logasap
6239 log global
6240 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
6241
6242 # log the name of the virtual server
6243 capture request header Host len 20
6244
6245 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
6246 capture request header Content-Length len 10
6247
6248 # log the beginning of the referrer
6249 capture request header Referer len 20
6250
6251 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
6252 capture response header Server len 20
6253
6254 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
6255 capture response header Content-Length len 10
6256
6257 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
6258 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
6259
6260 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
6261 capture response header Via len 20
6262
6263 # log the URL location during a redirection
6264 capture response header Location len 20
6265
6266 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
6267 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
6268 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6269 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
6270 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
6271
6272 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6273 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6274 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6275 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
6276 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
6277
6278 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6279 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6280 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6281 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
6282 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
6283 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
6284
6285
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062868.9. Examples of logs
6287---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006288
6289These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
6290them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
6291reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
6292
6293 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
6294 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6295 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6296
6297 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
6298 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
6299
6300 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
6301 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
6302 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6303
6304 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
6305 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
6306
6307 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
6308 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6309 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
6310
6311 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
6312 the log was produced just before transfering data. The server replied in
6313 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
6314 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
6315
6316 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
6317 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
6318 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
6319
6320 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
6321 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
6322 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
6323 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
6324 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
6325 to return the 502 and not the server.
6326
6327 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
6328 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6329
6330 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
6331 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
6332 Nothing was sent to any server.
6333
6334 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
6335 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6336
6337 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
6338 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
6339 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
6340 send a 408 return code to the client.
6341
6342 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
6343 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
6344
6345 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
6346 5 seconds ("c----").
6347
6348 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
6349 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
6350 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6351
6352 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006353 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006354 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
6355 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
6356 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
6357 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
6358 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006359
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006360
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063619. Statistics and monitoring
6362----------------------------
6363
6364It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
6365mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
6366CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
6367Unix socket.
6368
6369
63709.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006371---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006372
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006373The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
6374page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
6375
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006376 0. pxname: proxy name
6377 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
6378 for server)
6379 2. qcur: current queued requests
6380 3. qmax: max queued requests
6381 4. scur: current sessions
6382 5. smax: max sessions
6383 6. slim: sessions limit
6384 7. stot: total sessions
6385 8. bin: bytes in
6386 9. bout: bytes out
6387 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006388 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006389 12. ereq: request errors
6390 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006391 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006392 15. wretr: retries (warning)
6393 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
6394 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
6395 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
6396 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
6397 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
6398 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
6399 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
6400 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
6401 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
6402 25. qlimit: queue limit
6403 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
6404 27. iid: unique proxy id
6405 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
6406 29. throttle: warm up status
6407 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
6408 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
6409 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server)
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006410 33. rate (number of sessions per second over last elapsed second)
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006411
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006412
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020064139.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006414-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006415
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006416The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
6417must be terminated by a line feed. It is important to understand that when
6418multiple haproxy processes are started on the same sockets, any process may
6419pick up the request and will output its own stats.
6420
6421show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
6422 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
6423 possible to dump only selected items :
6424 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
6425 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
6426 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
6427 for example:
6428 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
6429 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
6430 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
6431
6432show info
6433 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
6434
6435show sess
6436 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
6437 be huge.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006438
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006439show errors [<iid>]
6440 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
6441 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
6442 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>.
6443
6444 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
6445 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
6446 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
6447 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
6448 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
6449 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
6450 are reported too.
6451
6452 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
6453 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
6454 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
6455 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
6456 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
6457 code.
6458
6459 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
6460 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
6461 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
6462 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
6463 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
6464 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
6465 line.
6466
6467 Example :
6468 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
6469 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
6470 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
6471 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
6472
6473 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
6474 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
6475 00038 Location: blah\r\n
6476 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
6477 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
6478 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
6479 00204+ minal\r\n
6480 00211 \r\n
6481
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006482 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006483 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
6484 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
6485 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
6486 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
6487 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
6488 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006489
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01006490/*
6491 * Local variables:
6492 * fill-column: 79
6493 * End:
6494 */